macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 206         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 207     }
 208     else
 209     {
 210         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 211         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 212         {
 213             [self browseSources:nil];
 214         }
 215
 216         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 217         {
 218             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 219         }
 220     }
 221 }
 222
 223 - (int) hbInstances
 224 {
 225     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 226     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 227     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 228     int hbInstances = 0;
 229     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 230         {
 231         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 232
 233         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 234                 {
 235             hbInstances++;
 236                 }
 237         }
 238     return hbInstances;
 239 }
 240
 241 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 242 {
 243     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 244     {
 245         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 246         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 247         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 248         {
 249             [self browseSources:nil];
 250         }
 251
 252         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 253         {
 254             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 255         }
 256     }
 257     else
 258     {
 259         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 260         {
 261             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 262         }
 263         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 264     }
 265 }
 266
 267 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 268 {
 269     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 270      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 271      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 272      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 273      */
 274     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 275     {
 276         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 277     }
 278
 279     hb_state_t s;
 280     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 281
 282     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 288
 289         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 290         {
 291             return NSTerminateNow;
 292         }
 293         else
 294             return NSTerminateCancel;
 295     }
 296
 297     // Warn if items still in the queue
 298     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 299     {
 300         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 301                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 302                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 303                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 304
 305         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 306             return NSTerminateNow;
 307         else
 308             return NSTerminateCancel;
 309     }
 310
 311     return NSTerminateNow;
 312 }
 313
 314 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 315 {
 316
 317     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 318     [outputPanel release];
 319         [fQueueController release];
 320     [fPreviewController release];
 321     [fPictureController release];
 322     [fApplicationIcon release];
 323
 324         hb_close(&fHandle);
 325     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 326 }
 327
 328
 329 - (void) awakeFromNib
 330 {
 331     [fWindow center];
 332     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 333     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 334
 335     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 336     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 337     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 338     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 339
 340     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 341      evaluate successive scans */
 342         currentScanCount = 0;
 343
 344
 345     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 346         [self loadPresets];
 347
 348     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 349     [self loadQueueFile];
 350
 351     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 352
 353     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 354      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 355      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 356      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 357      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 358      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 359      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 360      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 361      * should require their own thread.
 362      */
 363
 364     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 365     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 366
 367
 368
 369         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 370      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 371         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 372         {
 373         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 374         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 375                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 376         if( drawerSize.width )
 377             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 378                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 379         }
 380
 381     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 382     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 383     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 384
 385     /* Destination box*/
 386     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 387     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 388     // MP4 file
 389     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 390     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 391         // MKV file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 394
 395     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 396
 397     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 398
 399         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 400         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 401         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 402         {
 403                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 404         }
 405
 406
 407
 408
 409     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 410                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 411
 412     /* Video encoder */
 413     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 414     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 415
 416
 417
 418     /* Video quality */
 419     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 420         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 421
 422     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 423     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 424
 425     /* Video framerate */
 426     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 427         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 428     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 429     {
 430         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 431                 {
 432                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 433                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 434                 }
 435                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 436                 {
 437                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 438                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 439                 }
 440                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 441                 {
 442                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 443                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 444                 }
 445                 else
 446                 {
 447                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 448              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 449                 }
 450     }
 451     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 452
 453         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 454     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 455
 456         /* Audio bitrate */
 457     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 458     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 459     {
 460         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 461          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 462
 463     }
 464     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 465
 466     /* Audio samplerate */
 467     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 468     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 469     {
 470         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 471          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 472     }
 473     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 474
 475     /* Bottom */
 476     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 477
 478     [self enableUI: NO];
 479         [self setupToolbar];
 480
 481         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 482         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 483         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 484
 485
 486         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 487         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 488         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 489         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 490
 491
 492 }
 493
 494 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 495 {
 496     NSControl * controls[] =
 497     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 498         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 499         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 500         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 501         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 502         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 503         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 504         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 505         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 506         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 507         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 510         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 511         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 512         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 513                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 514     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 515
 516     for( unsigned i = 0;
 517         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 518     {
 519         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 520         {
 521             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 522             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 523             {
 524                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 525                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 526                 continue;
 527             }
 528         }
 529         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 530
 531     }
 532
 533         if (b) {
 534
 535         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 536         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 537         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 538         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 539         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 540
 541         } else {
 542
 543                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 544
 545         }
 546
 547     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 548     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 549 }
 550
 551
 552 /***********************************************************************
 553  * UpdateDockIcon
 554  ***********************************************************************
 555  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 556  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 557  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 558  * icon.
 559  **********************************************************************/
 560 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 561 {
 562     NSData * tiff;
 563     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 564     uint32_t * pen;
 565     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 566     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 567     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 568     int row_start, row_end;
 569     int i, j;
 570
 571     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 572     {
 573         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 574         return;
 575     }
 576
 577     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 578     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 579             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 580     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 581
 582     /* Draw the progression bar */
 583     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 584
 585     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 586     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 587
 588     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 589     {
 590         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 591         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 592         {
 593             pen[j] = black;
 594         }
 595     }
 596     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 597     {
 598         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 599         pen[0] = black;
 600         pen[1] = black;
 601         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 602         {
 603             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 604             {
 605                 pen[j] = red;
 606             }
 607             else
 608             {
 609                 pen[j] = white;
 610             }
 611         }
 612         pen[j]   = black;
 613         pen[j+1] = black;
 614     }
 615     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 616     {
 617         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 618         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 619         {
 620             pen[j] = black;
 621         }
 622     }
 623
 624     /* Now update the dock icon */
 625     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 626             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 627     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 628     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 629     [icon release];
 630 }
 631
 632 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 633 {
 634
 635     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 636
 637     hb_list_t  * list;
 638     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 639     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 640      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 641      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 642         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 643         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 644         {
 645                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 646         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 647         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 648         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 649                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 650         }
 651
 652     hb_state_t s;
 653     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 654
 655     switch( s.state )
 656     {
 657         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 658             break;
 659 #define p s.param.scanning
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 661                 {
 662             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 663                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 664                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 665             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 666             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 667             break;
 668                 }
 669 #undef p
 670
 671 #define p s.param.scandone
 672         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 673         {
 674             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 675             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 676             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 677                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 678             [self showNewScan:nil];
 679             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 680
 681                         break;
 682         }
 683 #undef p
 684
 685 #define p s.param.working
 686         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 687         {
 688
 689             break;
 690         }
 691 #undef p
 692
 693 #define p s.param.muxing
 694         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 695         {
 696
 697             break;
 698         }
 699 #undef p
 700
 701         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 702             break;
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 705         {
 706             break;
 707         }
 708     }
 709
 710
 711     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 712     // hb_list_t  * list;
 713     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 714     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 715      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 716      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 717
 718     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 719         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 720         {
 721                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 722         }
 723
 724     //hb_state_t s;
 725     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 726
 727     switch( s.state )
 728     {
 729         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 730             break;
 731 #define p s.param.scanning
 732         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 733                 {
 734             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 735                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 736                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 737
 738             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 739             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 740                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 741                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 742             break;
 743                 }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.scandone
 747         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 748         {
 749                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 750             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 751             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 752
 753                         break;
 754         }
 755 #undef p
 756
 757 #define p s.param.working
 758         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 759         {
 760             NSMutableString * string;
 761             NSString * pass_desc;
 762                         /* Update text field */
 763             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 764             {
 765                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 766                 {
 767                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 768                 }
 769                 else
 770                 {
 771                     pass_desc = @"";
 772                 }
 773             }
 774             else
 775             {
 776                 pass_desc = @"";
 777             }
 778
 779                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 780
 781                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 782             {
 783                 [string appendFormat:
 784                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 785                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 786             }
 787
 788             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 789             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 790             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 791             /* Update slider */
 792             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 793             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 794             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 795
 796             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 797             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 798             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 799             // HBController.
 800             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 801             {
 802                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 803                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 804                     frame.size.width = 591;
 805                 frame.size.height += 36;
 806                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 807                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 808                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 809
 810             }
 811
 812             /* Update dock icon */
 813             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 814             {
 815                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 816                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 817             }
 818
 819             break;
 820         }
 821 #undef p
 822
 823 #define p s.param.muxing
 824         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 825         {
 826             /* Update text field */
 827             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 828             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 829             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 830             /* Update slider */
 831             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 832             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 833
 834             /* Update dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 836
 837                         break;
 838         }
 839 #undef p
 840
 841         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 842                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 843             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 844
 845                         break;
 846
 847         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 848         {
 849             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 850             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 851             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 852
 853             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 854             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 855             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 856             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 857             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 858             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 859             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 860             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 861
 862             /* Restore dock icon */
 863             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 864             dockIconProgress = 0;
 865
 866             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 867             {
 868                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 869                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 870                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 871                 frame.size.height += -36;
 872                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 873                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 874                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 875                         }
 876             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 877              * individual encode log
 878              */
 879                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 880             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 881              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 882                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 883             {
 884                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 885                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 886                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 887
 888                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 889                 /* Growl alert */
 890                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 891                 /* Send to MetaX */
 892                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 893
 894                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 895                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 896
 897                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 898                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 899                  */
 900                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 901                 {
 902                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 903                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 904                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 905                     {
 906                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 907                         int status;
 908                         NSBeep();
 909                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 910                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 911                     }
 912
 913                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 914                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 915                     {
 916                         /* Sleep */
 917                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 918                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 919                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 920                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 921                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 922                         [scriptObject release];
 923                     }
 924                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 925                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 926                     {
 927                         /* Shut Down */
 928                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 929                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 930                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 931                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 932                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 933                         [scriptObject release];
 934                     }
 935
 936                 }
 937
 938
 939             }
 940
 941             break;
 942         }
 943     }
 944
 945 }
 946
 947 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 948 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 949 {
 950     va_list args;
 951     va_start(args, format);
 952     if (format != nil)
 953     {
 954         char str[1024];
 955         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 956
 957         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 958         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 959         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 960     }
 961     va_end(args);
 962 }
 963
 964 #pragma mark -
 965 #pragma mark Toolbar
 966 // ============================================================
 967 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 968 // ============================================================
 969
 970 - (void) setupToolbar {
 971     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 972
 973     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 974     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 975     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 976
 977     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 978
 979     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 980 }
 981
 982 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 983     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 984     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 985
 986     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 987     {
 988         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 989         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 990         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 991         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 992         [item setTarget: self];
 993         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 994         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1013         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1014     }
1015     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1016     {
1017         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1018         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1019         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1020         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1021         [item setTarget: self];
1022         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1032     }
1033     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1034     {
1035         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1036         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1037         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1038         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1039         [item setTarget: self];
1040         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1041     }
1042     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1043     {
1044         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1045         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1046         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1047         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1048         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1049         [item setTarget: self];
1050         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1051     }
1052     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1053     {
1054         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1055         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1056         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1057         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1058         [item setTarget: self];
1059         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1060         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1061     }
1062     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1063     {
1064         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1065         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1066         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1067         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1068         [item setTarget: self];
1069         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1070     }
1071     else
1072     {
1073         return nil;
1074     }
1075
1076     return item;
1077 }
1078
1079 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1080 {
1081     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1082         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1083                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1084 }
1085
1086 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1087 {
1088     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1089         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1090         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1091         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1092 }
1093
1094 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1095 {
1096     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1097
1098     if (fHandle)
1099     {
1100         hb_state_t s;
1101
1102         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1103         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1104         {
1105
1106             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1107             {
1108                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1109                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Cancel Scan"];
1110                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Cancel Scanning"];
1111                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Cancel Scanning Source"];
1112                 return YES;
1113             }
1114
1115             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1116                 return NO;
1117         }
1118         else
1119         {
1120             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1121             {
1122                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1123                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Source"];
1124                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1125                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1126                 return YES;
1127             }
1128         }
1129
1130         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1131
1132         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1133         {
1134             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1135             {
1136                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1137                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1138                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1139                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1140                 return YES;
1141             }
1142             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1143             {
1144                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1145                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1146                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1147                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1148                 return YES;
1149             }
1150             if (SuccessfulScan)
1151             {
1152                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1153                     return YES;
1154                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1155                     return YES;
1156                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1157                     return YES;
1158             }
1159         }
1160         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1161         {
1162             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1163             {
1164                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1165                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1166                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1167                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1168                 return YES;
1169             }
1170             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1171                 return YES;
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1173                 return YES;
1174             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1175                 return YES;
1176             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1177                 return YES;
1178         }
1179         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1180             return NO;
1181         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1182         {
1183             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1184             {
1185                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1186                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1187                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1188                 else
1189                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1190                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1191                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1192                 return YES;
1193             }
1194             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1195                 return YES;
1196             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1197                 return YES;
1198             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1199                 return YES;
1200         }
1201
1202     }
1203     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1204     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1205         return YES;
1206     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1207         return YES;
1208     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1209         return YES;
1210     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1211         return YES;
1212     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1213         return YES;
1214
1215     return NO;
1216 }
1217
1218 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1219 {
1220     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1221
1222     hb_state_t s;
1223     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1224
1225     if (fHandle)
1226     {
1227         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1228             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1229
1230         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1231         {
1232             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1233                 return NO;
1234             else
1235                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1236         }
1237         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1238             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1239         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1240         {
1241             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1242             {
1243                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1244                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1245                 return YES;
1246             }
1247             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1248             {
1249                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1250                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1251                 return YES;
1252             }
1253             else
1254                 return NO;
1255         }
1256         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1257         {
1258             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1259             {
1260                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1261                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1262                 return YES;
1263             }
1264             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1265             {
1266                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1267                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1268                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1269             }
1270             else
1271                 return NO;
1272         }
1273     }
1274     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1275     {
1276         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1277     }
1278
1279     return YES;
1280 }
1281
1282 #pragma mark -
1283 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1284 // register a test notification and make
1285 // it enabled by default
1286 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1287 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1288 {
1289     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1290     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1291     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1292     nil];
1293
1294     return registrationDictionary;
1295 }
1296
1297 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1298 {
1299     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1300     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1301     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1302     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1303     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1304         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1305     {
1306         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1307         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1308          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1309          description:growlMssg
1310          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1311          iconData:nil
1312          priority:0
1313          isSticky:1
1314          clickContext:nil];
1315     }
1316
1317 }
1318 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1319 {
1320     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1321     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1322     {
1323         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1324         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1325         [myScript release];
1326     }
1327 }
1328 #pragma mark -
1329 #pragma mark Get New Source
1330
1331 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1332 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1333 {
1334
1335     hb_state_t s;
1336     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1337     if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1338     {
1339         [self cancelScanning:nil];
1340         return;
1341     }
1342
1343
1344     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1345
1346     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1347     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1348     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1349     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1350     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1351         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1352         {
1353                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1354         }
1355         else
1356         {
1357                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1358                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1359         }
1360     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1361         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1362         */
1363     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1364                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1365                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1366                       contextInfo: sender];
1367 }
1368
1369 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1370                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1371 {
1372     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1373      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1374      */
1375     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1376     /* User selected a file to open */
1377         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1378     {
1379             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1380         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1381
1382         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1383         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1384         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1385         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1386         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1387          * the title selection sheet right away
1388          */
1389         [sheet orderOut: self];
1390
1391         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu || [[NSApp currentEvent] modifierFlags] & NSAlternateKeyMask)
1392         {
1393             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1394              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1395              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1396              * purposes in the title panel
1397              */
1398             /* Full Path */
1399             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1400             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1401
1402             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1403             {
1404                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1405                  we have to use the title->path value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1406                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1407             }
1408             else
1409             {
1410                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1411                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1412             }
1413             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1414             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1415             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1416             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1417             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1418              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1419              */
1420             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1421         }
1422         else
1423         {
1424             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1425             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1426
1427             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1428             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1429             {
1430                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1431                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1432                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1433                 {
1434                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1435                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1436                      .mpg media file */
1437                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1438                     NSString *mpgname;
1439                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1440                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1441                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1442                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1443                     if (n > 0)
1444                     {
1445                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1446                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1447                         path = mpgname;
1448                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1449                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1450                     }
1451                     else
1452                     {
1453                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1454                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1455                     }
1456                 }
1457                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1458                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1459                 {
1460                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1461                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1462                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1463                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1464                 }
1465                 else
1466                 {
1467                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1468                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1469                 }
1470             }
1471             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1472             {
1473                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1474                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1475                 {
1476                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1477                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1478                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1479                 }
1480                 else
1481                 {
1482                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1483                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1484                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1485                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1486                 }
1487                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1488             }
1489
1490         }
1491
1492     }
1493 }
1494
1495 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1496 {
1497     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1498         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1499         nil ];
1500     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1501     [d release];
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1505 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1506 {
1507     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1508     * user changes it
1509     */
1510     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1511         /* Show the panel */
1512         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1513 }
1514
1515 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1516 {
1517     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1518     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1519
1520     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1521     {
1522         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1523         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1524                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1525         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1526         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1527
1528         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1529             * to be scanned
1530             */
1531         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1532     }
1533 }
1534
1535 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1536 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1537 {
1538     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1539     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1540     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1541     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1542     NSString *path = scanPath;
1543     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1544
1545     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1546     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1547     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1548
1549     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1550     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1551     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1552
1553     [self enableUI: NO];
1554
1555     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1556     {
1557         int hb_arch;
1558 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1559         /* we are 64 bit */
1560         hb_arch = 64;
1561 #else
1562         /* we are 32 bit */
1563         hb_arch = 32;
1564 #endif
1565
1566
1567         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1568         // device path instead.
1569         path = [detector devicePath];
1570         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1571
1572         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1573         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1574         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1575             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1576             {
1577             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1578             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1579             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1580             int status;
1581             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1582             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1583
1584             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1585             {
1586                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1587                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1588             }
1589             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1590             {
1591                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1592                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1593             }
1594             else
1595             {
1596                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1597                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1598                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1599             }
1600
1601         }
1602         else
1603         {
1604             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1605             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1606         }
1607         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1608         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1609         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1610         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1611         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1612         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1613         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1614         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1615         id tempObject;
1616         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1617         {
1618
1619             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1620             {
1621                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1622             }
1623             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1624             {
1625                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1626             }
1627             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1628             {
1629                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1630             }
1631             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1632             {
1633                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1634             }
1635
1636         }
1637         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1638         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1639         {
1640             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1641         }
1642         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1643         {
1644             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1645         }
1646
1647
1648
1649         if (hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1650         {
1651
1652             /* we are 64 bit */
1653
1654             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1655             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1656             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1657             /*On Screen Notification*/
1658             int status;
1659             NSBeep();
1660             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1661             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1662
1663             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1664             {
1665                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1666                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1667                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1668             }
1669             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1670             {
1671                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1672                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1673             }
1674             else
1675             {
1676                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1677                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1678             }
1679
1680         }
1681         else if (hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1682         {
1683             /* we are 32 bit */
1684             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1685             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1686             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1687             /*On Screen Notification*/
1688             int status;
1689             NSBeep();
1690             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1691             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1692
1693             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1694             {
1695                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1696                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1697                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1698             }
1699             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1700             {
1701                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1702                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1703             }
1704             else
1705             {
1706                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1707                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1708             }
1709
1710         }
1711     }
1712
1713     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1714     {
1715         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1716         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1717          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1718          */
1719         if (!scanTitleNum)
1720         {
1721             scanTitleNum = 0;
1722         }
1723         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1724         {
1725             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1726         }
1727         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1728         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1729         /* set title to NULL */
1730         //fTitle = NULL;
1731         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1732         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1733     }
1734 }
1735
1736 - (IBAction) cancelScanning:(id)sender
1737 {
1738     hb_scan_stop(fHandle);
1739 }
1740
1741 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1742 {
1743     hb_list_t  * list;
1744         hb_title_t * title;
1745         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1746         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1747
1748
1749         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1750
1751         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1752         {
1753             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1754             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1755             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1756
1757             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1758             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1759             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1760
1761             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1762             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1763             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1764         }
1765         else
1766         {
1767             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1768              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1769              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1770              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1771
1772             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1773
1774             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1775
1776             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1777             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1778             {
1779                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1780
1781                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1782                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1783                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1784
1785                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1786                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1787                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1788                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1789                 {
1790                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1791                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1792                 }
1793                 else
1794                 {
1795                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1796                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1797                 }
1798
1799
1800                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1801                 {
1802                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1803                     indxpri=i;
1804                 }
1805
1806                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1807                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%s %d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1808                                                    title->name,title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1809                                                    title->seconds]];
1810             }
1811
1812             /* if we are a stream, select the first title */
1813             if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE)
1814             {
1815                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
1816             }
1817             else
1818             {
1819                 /* if not then select the longest title (dvd) */
1820                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1821             }
1822             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1823
1824             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1825             [self enableUI: YES];
1826
1827             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1828             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1829             {
1830                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1831
1832                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1833                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1834                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1835
1836                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1837                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1838                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1839
1840             }
1841
1842
1843         }
1844
1845 }
1846
1847
1848 #pragma mark -
1849 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1850
1851 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1852 {
1853     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1854     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1855         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1856         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1857                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1858                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1859                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1860 }
1861
1862 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1863              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1864 {
1865     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1866     {
1867         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1868         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1869         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1870         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1871     }
1872 }
1873
1874
1875 #pragma mark -
1876 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1877
1878 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1879 {
1880     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1881 }
1882
1883 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1884 {
1885     return YES;
1886 }
1887
1888 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1889 {
1890     if( !flag ) {
1891         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1892
1893         return YES;
1894     }
1895
1896     return NO;
1897 }
1898
1899 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1900         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1901         return contentSize;
1902 }
1903
1904 #pragma mark -
1905 #pragma mark Queue File
1906
1907 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1908         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1909         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1910         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1911     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1912         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1913     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1914         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1915         {
1916                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1917         }
1918
1919         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1920         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1921     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1922         {
1923         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1924                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1925
1926      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1927      * so we can use it to track which queue
1928      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1929      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1930       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1931       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1932
1933         }
1934     else
1935     {
1936     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1937     }
1938     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1939 }
1940
1941 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1942 {
1943         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1944         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1945
1946 }
1947
1948 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1949 {
1950
1951    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1952    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1953     {
1954     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1955      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1956      */
1957     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1958     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1959     }
1960     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1961     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1962
1963 }
1964
1965 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1966 {
1967     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1968     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1969     [self getQueueStats];
1970 }
1971
1972 - (void)getQueueStats
1973 {
1974 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1975
1976 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1977 fPendingCount = 0;
1978 fCompletedCount = 0;
1979 fCanceledCount = 0;
1980 fWorkingCount = 0;
1981
1982     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1983      * in controller.mm
1984      * 0 == already encoded
1985      * 1 == is being encoded
1986      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1987      * 3 == cancelled
1988      */
1989
1990         int i = 0;
1991     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1992         id tempObject;
1993         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1994         {
1995                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1996                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1997                 {
1998                         fCompletedCount++;
1999                 }
2000                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
2001                 {
2002                         fWorkingCount++;
2003             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
2004                 }
2005         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
2006         {
2007                         fPendingCount++;
2008                 }
2009         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
2010         {
2011                         fCanceledCount++;
2012                 }
2013                 i++;
2014         }
2015
2016     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
2017     NSMutableString * string;
2018     if (fPendingCount == 1)
2019     {
2020         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2021     }
2022     else
2023     {
2024         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2025     }
2026     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
2027 }
2028
2029 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
2030  * currently used right after a queue reload
2031  */
2032 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
2033 {
2034     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2035         id tempObject;
2036     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2037     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2038     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2039     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2040     {
2041         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
2042          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
2043          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
2044          */
2045         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
2046         {
2047             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2048         }
2049         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2050     }
2051
2052     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2053     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2054 }
2055
2056
2057 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2058  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2059 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2060 {
2061     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2062         id tempObject;
2063     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2064     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2065     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2066     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2067     {
2068         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2069          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2070          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2071          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2072          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2073          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2074          */
2075         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2076         {
2077             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2078         }
2079     }
2080
2081     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2082     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2083 }
2084
2085 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2086 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2087 {
2088     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2089         id tempObject;
2090     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2091     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2092     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2093     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2094     {
2095         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2096     }
2097
2098     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2099     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2100 }
2101
2102 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2103  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2104  * be recalled later */
2105 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2106 {
2107     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2108
2109        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2110     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2111             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2112     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2113
2114
2115
2116     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2117      * 0 == already encoded
2118      * 1 == is being encoded
2119      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2120      * 3 == cancelled
2121      */
2122     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2123     /* Source and Destination Information */
2124
2125     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->path] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2126     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2127     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2128     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2129     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2130
2131     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2132
2133     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2134
2135     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2136     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2137     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2138
2139     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2140     /* Chapter Markers*/
2141     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2142     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2143     {
2144         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2145     }
2146     else
2147     {
2148         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2149     }
2150
2151     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2152      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2153      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2154      */
2155      int i;
2156      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2157      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2158      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2159     {
2160         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2161         if( chapter != NULL )
2162         {
2163           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2164         }
2165     }
2166     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2167     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2168
2169     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2170         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2171     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2172     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2173     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2174     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2175
2176     /* Codecs */
2177         /* Video encoder */
2178         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2179         /* x264 Option String */
2180         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2181
2182         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2183         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2184         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2185         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2186     /* Framerate */
2187     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2188
2189         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2190         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2191         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2192         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2193
2194         /* Picture Sizing */
2195         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2196         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2197         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2198         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2199         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2200         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2201     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2202     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2203     {
2204         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.modulus] forKey:@"PicturePARModulus"];
2205
2206         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2207         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2208
2209         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2210         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2211
2212         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2213         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2214
2215     }
2216     NSString * pictureSummary;
2217     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2218     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2219     /* Set crop settings here */
2220         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2221     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2222     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2223         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2224         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2225
2226     /* Picture Filters */
2227     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2228     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2229
2230     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2231     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2232     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2233
2234     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2235     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2236
2237     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2238     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2239
2240     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2241
2242     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2243
2244     /*Audio*/
2245     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2246     {
2247         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2248         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2249         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2250         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2251         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2252         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2253         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2254     }
2255     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2256     {
2257         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2258         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2259         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2260         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2261         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2262         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2263         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2264     }
2265     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2266     {
2267         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2268         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2269         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2270         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2271         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2272         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2273         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2274     }
2275     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2276     {
2277         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2278         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2279         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2280         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2281         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2282         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2283         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2284     }
2285
2286         /* Subtitles*/
2287     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2288     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: [fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2289     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2290
2291     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2292
2293     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2294
2295     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2296
2297
2298     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2299
2300     /* Codecs */
2301         /* Video encoder */
2302         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2303
2304     /* Framerate */
2305     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2306     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2307     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2308
2309     /* Picture Sizing */
2310         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2311         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2312         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2313         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2314         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2315         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2316
2317     /* Set crop settings here */
2318         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2319     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2320     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2321         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2322         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2323
2324
2325     /*Audio*/
2326     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2327     {
2328         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2329         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2330         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2331         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2332         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2333      }
2334     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2335     {
2336         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2337         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2338         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2339         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2340         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2341     }
2342     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2343     {
2344         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2345         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2346         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2347         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2348         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2349     }
2350     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2351     {
2352         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2353         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2354         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2355         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2356         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2357     }
2358
2359
2360     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2361     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2362     return queueFileJob;
2363
2364 }
2365
2366 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2367 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2368 {
2369     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2370     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2371
2372
2373     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2374
2375     if (index >= insertIndex)
2376     {
2377         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2378         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2379     }
2380     else
2381     {
2382         removeIndex = index;
2383         insertIndex--;
2384     }
2385
2386     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2387     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2388     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2389     [object release];
2390
2391     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2392
2393    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2394     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2395     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2396
2397 }
2398
2399
2400 #pragma mark -
2401 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2402
2403 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2404 {
2405     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2406     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2407
2408     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2409     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2410         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2411     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2412
2413     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2414      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2415      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2416      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2417     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2418     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2419     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2420     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2421     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2422     {
2423     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2424     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2425     }
2426     else
2427     {
2428         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2429     }
2430 }
2431
2432 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2433 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2434 {
2435    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2436     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2437
2438
2439      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2440     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2441     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2442     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2443     */
2444     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2445     NSString *path = scanPath;
2446     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2447
2448         /*On Screen Notification*/
2449         //int status;
2450         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2451         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2452
2453     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2454     {
2455         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2456         // device path instead.
2457         path = [detector devicePath];
2458         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2459
2460         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2461         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2462         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2463             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2464             {
2465             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2466             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2467             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2468             int status;
2469             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2470             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2471
2472             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2473             {
2474                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2475                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2476             }
2477             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2478             {
2479             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2480             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2481             }
2482             else
2483             {
2484             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2485             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2486             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2487             }
2488
2489         }
2490         else
2491         {
2492             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2493             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2494         }
2495     }
2496
2497     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2498     {
2499         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2500         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2501          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2502          */
2503         if (!scanTitleNum)
2504         {
2505             scanTitleNum = 0;
2506         }
2507         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2508         {
2509             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2510         }
2511
2512         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2513         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2514         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2515         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2516     }
2517 }
2518
2519 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2520  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2521  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2522  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2523  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2524  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2525  */
2526
2527 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2528 {
2529     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2530     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2531
2532     /* Set title number and chapters */
2533     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2534     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2535
2536     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2537     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2538
2539     /* File Format */
2540     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2541     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2542
2543     /* Chapter Markers*/
2544     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2545     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2546     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2547     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2548     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2549
2550     /* Video encoder */
2551     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2552     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2553     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2554
2555     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2556     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2557     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2558     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2559     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2560
2561     /* Video quality */
2562     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2563
2564     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2565     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2566     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2567
2568     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2569
2570     /* Video framerate */
2571     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2572      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2573     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2574     {
2575         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2576     }
2577     else
2578     {
2579         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2580     }
2581
2582     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2583     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2584     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2585     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2586     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2587
2588     /*Audio*/
2589     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2590     {
2591         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2592         {
2593             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2594         }
2595         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2596         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2597         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2598         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2599         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2600          * mixdown*/
2601         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2602         {
2603             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2604         }
2605         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2606         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2607         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2608         {
2609             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2610         }
2611         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2612         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2613     }
2614     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2615     {
2616         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2617         {
2618             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2619         }
2620         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2621         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2622         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2623         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2624         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2625          * mixdown*/
2626         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2627         {
2628             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2629         }
2630         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2631         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2632         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2633         {
2634             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2635         }
2636         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2637         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2638     }
2639     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2640     {
2641         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2642         {
2643             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2644         }
2645         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2646         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2647         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2648         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2649         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2650          * mixdown*/
2651         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2652         {
2653             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2654         }
2655         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2656         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2657         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2658         {
2659             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2660         }
2661         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2662         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2663     }
2664     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2665     {
2666         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2667         {
2668             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2669         }
2670         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2671         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2672         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2673         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2674         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2675          * mixdown*/
2676         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2677         {
2678             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2679         }
2680         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2681         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2682         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2683         {
2684             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2685         }
2686         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2687         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2688     }
2689
2690
2691     /*Subtitles*/
2692     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2693     /* Forced Subtitles */
2694     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2695
2696     /* Picture Settings */
2697     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2698     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2699     {
2700         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2701         job->width = fTitle->width;
2702         job->height = fTitle->height;
2703     }
2704     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2705     {
2706         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2707         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2708         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2709     }
2710     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2711     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2712     {
2713         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2714         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2715         {
2716             job->height = fTitle->height;
2717             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2718         }
2719     }
2720     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2721
2722
2723     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2724      when the preset was created and apply them */
2725     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2726     {
2727         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2728
2729         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2730         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2731         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2732         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2733         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2734
2735     }
2736     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2737     {
2738         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2739         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2740         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2741         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2742         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2743         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2744
2745     }
2746
2747     /* Filters */
2748     /* Deinterlace */
2749     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2750
2751     /* Detelecine */
2752     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2753     /* Denoise */
2754     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2755     /* Deblock */
2756     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2757     /* Decomb */
2758     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2759     /* Grayscale */
2760     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2761
2762     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2763
2764
2765     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2766     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2767     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2768     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2769         {
2770                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2771         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2772         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2773
2774         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2775                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2776                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2777
2778                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2779         }
2780     else
2781     {
2782         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2783                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2784                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2785                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2786
2787                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2788     }
2789
2790     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2791     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2792
2793     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2794     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2795 }
2796
2797
2798
2799 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2800 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2801 {
2802     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2803     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2804     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2805
2806     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2807     {
2808         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2809     }
2810
2811     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2812     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2813     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2814     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2815     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2816     [self prepareJob];
2817
2818     /*
2819      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2820      */
2821     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2822     {
2823         char *x264opts_tmp;
2824
2825         /*
2826          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2827          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2828          */
2829         job->pass = -1;
2830         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2831
2832         job->x264opts = NULL;
2833
2834         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2835
2836
2837         /*
2838          * Add the pre-scan job
2839          */
2840         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2841         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2842     }
2843
2844
2845     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2846     {
2847         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2848
2849
2850
2851         job->pass = 1;
2852
2853         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2854
2855         job->pass = 2;
2856
2857         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2858         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2859
2860         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2861
2862     }
2863     else
2864     {
2865         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2866         job->pass = 0;
2867
2868         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2869     }
2870
2871     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2872         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2873         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2874     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2875     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2876
2877     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2878     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2879     int ii;
2880     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2881     {
2882         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2883         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2884
2885
2886         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2887         free(subtitle);
2888     }
2889
2890
2891     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2892     [self doRip];
2893 }
2894
2895 #pragma mark -
2896 #pragma mark Live Preview
2897 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2898  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2899  * encodes
2900  */
2901 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2902 {
2903     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2904     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2905             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2906     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2907     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2908     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2909     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2910     /* Chapter selection */
2911     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2912     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2913
2914     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2915     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2916     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2917
2918     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2919
2920         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2921     {
2922
2923                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2924                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2925                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2926                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2927                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2928
2929
2930     }
2931
2932     /* Video settings */
2933    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2934      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2935      */
2936     job->vfr = 0;
2937     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2938     {
2939         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2940         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2941         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2942         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2943          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2944          * a specific framerate*/
2945         job->cfr = 1;
2946     }
2947     else
2948     {
2949         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2950         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2951         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2952         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2953          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2954         job->cfr = 0;
2955         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2956          * job->vfr
2957          */
2958         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2959         {
2960             job->vfr = 1;
2961         }
2962     }
2963
2964     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2965     {
2966         case 0:
2967             /* Target size.
2968                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2969                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2970         case 1:
2971             job->vquality = -1.0;
2972             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2973             break;
2974         case 2:
2975             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2976             job->vbitrate = 0;
2977             break;
2978     }
2979
2980     /* Subtitle settings */
2981     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = nil;
2982     subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]];
2983
2984
2985
2986  int subtitle = nil;
2987 int force;
2988 int burned;
2989 int def;
2990 bool one_burned = FALSE;
2991
2992     int i = 0;
2993     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
2994     id tempObject;
2995     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2996     {
2997
2998         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
2999         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3000         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3001         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3002
3003         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3004          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3005          */
3006         if (subtitle > 0)
3007         {
3008             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3009              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3010              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3011              */
3012
3013             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3014             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3015             {
3016                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
3017                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
3018
3019
3020                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3021
3022                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3023                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3024                 {
3025                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3026                     {
3027                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3028                     }
3029                     else
3030                     {
3031                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3032                     }
3033
3034                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3035                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3036
3037                 }
3038
3039
3040             }
3041             else
3042             {
3043
3044                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3045                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3046                 if (i == 0)
3047                 {
3048                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3049                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3050                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3051                 }
3052                 else
3053                 {
3054                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3055                      * so subtract 1. */
3056
3057                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3058                 }
3059
3060                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3061                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3062
3063                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3064
3065                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3066                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3067                 {
3068                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3069
3070                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3071
3072                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3073                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3074                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3075
3076                     sub_config.force = 0;
3077                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3078                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3079
3080                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3081                 }
3082
3083                 if (subt != NULL)
3084                 {
3085                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3086
3087                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3088
3089                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3090                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3091                     {
3092                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3093                     }
3094                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3095                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3096                     {
3097                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3098                         continue;
3099                     }
3100                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3101                     {
3102                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3103                         if (one_burned)
3104                             continue;
3105                         one_burned = TRUE;
3106                     }
3107                     sub_config.force = force;
3108                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3109                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3110                 }
3111
3112             }
3113         }
3114         i++;
3115     }
3116
3117
3118
3119 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3120
3121
3122     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3123     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3124     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3125     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3126     {
3127         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3128         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3129     }
3130     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3131     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3132     {
3133         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3134         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3135         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3136         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3137         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3138         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3139         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3140         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3141         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3142         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3143
3144         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3145         free(audio);
3146     }
3147     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3148     {
3149         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3150         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3151         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3152         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3153         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3154         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3155         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3156         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3157         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3158         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3159
3160         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3161         free(audio);
3162
3163     }
3164
3165     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3166     {
3167         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3168         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3169         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3170         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3171         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3172         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3173         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3174         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3175         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3176         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3177
3178         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3179         free(audio);
3180
3181     }
3182
3183     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3184     {
3185         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3186         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3187         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3188         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3189         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3190         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3191         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3192         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3193         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3194         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3195
3196         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3197         free(audio);
3198
3199     }
3200
3201
3202
3203     /* Filters */
3204
3205     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3206      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3207      */
3208
3209     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3210     {
3211         job->grayscale = 1;
3212     }
3213     else
3214     {
3215         job->grayscale = 0;
3216     }
3217
3218     /* Initialize the filters list */
3219     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3220
3221     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3222     * The order of the filters is critical
3223     */
3224
3225         /* Detelecine */
3226     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3227     {
3228         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3229         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3230         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3231     }
3232     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3233     {
3234         /* Default */
3235         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3236     }
3237
3238
3239
3240     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3241     {
3242         /* Decomb */
3243         /* we add the custom string if present */
3244         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3245         {
3246             /* use a custom decomb string */
3247             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3248             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3249         }
3250         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3251         {
3252             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3253             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3254             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3255         }
3256     }
3257     else
3258     {
3259
3260         /* Deinterlace */
3261         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3262         {
3263             /* we add the custom string if present */
3264             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3265             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3266         }
3267         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3268         {
3269             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3270             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3271             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3272         }
3273         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3274         {
3275             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3276             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3277             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3278         }
3279         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3280         {
3281             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3282             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3283             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3284         }
3285
3286         }
3287
3288     /* Denoise */
3289         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3290         {
3291                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3292         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3293         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3294         }
3295     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3296         {
3297                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3298         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3299         }
3300         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3301         {
3302                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3303         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3304         }
3305         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3306         {
3307                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3308         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3309         }
3310
3311
3312     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3313     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3314      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3315      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3316      */
3317     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3318     {
3319         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3320         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3321         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3322     }
3323
3324 }
3325
3326
3327 #pragma mark -
3328 #pragma mark Job Handling
3329
3330
3331 - (void) prepareJob
3332 {
3333
3334     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3335     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3336     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3337     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3338     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3339     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3340     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3341     /* Chapter selection */
3342     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3343     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3344
3345     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3346     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3347     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3348
3349
3350     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3351     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3352     {
3353         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3354     }
3355     else
3356     {
3357         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3358     }
3359     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3360     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3361     {
3362         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3363     }
3364     else
3365     {
3366         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3367     }
3368
3369
3370     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3371      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3372     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3373     {
3374         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3375
3376         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3377          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3378          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3379          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3380          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3381          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3382          */
3383
3384         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3385         int i = 0;
3386         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3387         id tempObject;
3388         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3389         {
3390             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3391             if( chapter != NULL )
3392             {
3393                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3394                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3395             }
3396             i++;
3397         }
3398     }
3399     else
3400     {
3401         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3402     }
3403
3404     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3405     {
3406                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3407             {
3408             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3409                 }
3410         else
3411         {
3412             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3413         }
3414
3415
3416                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3417                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3418                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3419                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3420                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3421                 {
3422                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3423                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=2:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3424                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3425              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3426                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3427                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3428                 }
3429                 else
3430                 {
3431                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3432                 }
3433
3434     }
3435
3436
3437     /* Picture Size Settings */
3438     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3439     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3440
3441     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3442     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3443     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3444     {
3445         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3446         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3447         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3448
3449         job->anamorphic.modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARModulus"] intValue];
3450
3451         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3452         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3453
3454         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3455         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3456     }
3457
3458     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3459     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3460     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3461     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3462     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3463
3464     /* Video settings */
3465     /* Framerate */
3466
3467     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3468      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3469      */
3470     job->vfr = 0;
3471     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3472     {
3473         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3474         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3475         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3476         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3477          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3478          * a specific framerate*/
3479         job->cfr = 1;
3480     }
3481     else
3482     {
3483         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3484         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3485         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3486         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3487          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3488         job->cfr = 0;
3489         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3490          * job->vfr
3491          */
3492         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3493         {
3494             job->vfr = 1;
3495         }
3496     }
3497
3498     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3499     {
3500         /* Target size.
3501          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3502          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3503         job->vquality = -1.0;
3504         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3505     }
3506     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3507     {
3508         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3509         job->vbitrate = 0;
3510
3511     }
3512
3513     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3514
3515
3516
3517 #pragma mark -
3518 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3519
3520 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3521  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3522  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3523  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3524  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3525  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3526  */
3527
3528 int subtitle = nil;
3529 int force;
3530 int burned;
3531 int def;
3532 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3533
3534     int i = 0;
3535     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3536     id tempObject;
3537     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3538     {
3539
3540         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3541         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3542         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3543         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3544
3545         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3546          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3547          */
3548         if (subtitle > 0)
3549         {
3550             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3551              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3552              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3553              */
3554
3555             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3556             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3557             {
3558                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3559
3560                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3561                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3562                 {
3563                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3564                     {
3565                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3566                     }
3567                     else
3568                     {
3569                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3570                     }
3571
3572                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3573                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3574                 }
3575
3576
3577             }
3578             else
3579             {
3580
3581                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3582                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3583                 if (i == 0)
3584                 {
3585                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3586                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3587                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3588                 }
3589                 else
3590                 {
3591                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3592                      * so subtract 1. */
3593
3594                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3595                 }
3596
3597                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3598                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3599
3600                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3601
3602                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3603                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3604                 {
3605                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3606
3607                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3608
3609                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3610                     //sub_config.src_filename = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String];
3611                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3612                     //sub_config.src_codeset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String];
3613                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3614
3615                     sub_config.force = 0;
3616                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3617                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3618
3619                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3620                 }
3621
3622
3623                 if (subt != NULL)
3624                 {
3625                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3626
3627                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3628
3629                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3630                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3631                     {
3632                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3633                     }
3634                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3635                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3636                     {
3637                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3638                         continue;
3639                     }
3640                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3641                     {
3642                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3643                         if (one_burned)
3644                             continue;
3645                         one_burned = TRUE;
3646                     }
3647                     sub_config.force = force;
3648                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3649                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3650                 }
3651
3652             }
3653         }
3654         i++;
3655     }
3656
3657 #pragma mark -
3658
3659
3660     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3661     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3662     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3663     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3664     {
3665         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3666         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3667     }
3668     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3669     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3670     {
3671         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3672         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3673         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3674         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3675         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3676         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3677         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3678         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3679         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3680         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3681
3682         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3683         free(audio);
3684     }
3685     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3686     {
3687
3688         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3689         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3690         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3691         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3692         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3693         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3694         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3695         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3696         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3697         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3698         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3699
3700         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3701         free(audio);
3702     }
3703
3704     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3705     {
3706         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3707         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3708         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3709         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3710         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3711         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3712         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3713         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3714         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3715         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3716
3717         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3718         free(audio);
3719     }
3720
3721     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3722     {
3723         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3724         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3725         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3726         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3727         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3728         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3729         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3730         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3731         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3732         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3733
3734         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3735
3736
3737     }
3738
3739     /* Filters */
3740     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3741
3742     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3743      * The order of the filters is critical
3744      */
3745     /* Detelecine */
3746     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3747     {
3748         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3749         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3750         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3751     }
3752     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3753     {
3754         /* Use libhb's default values */
3755         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3756     }
3757
3758     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3759     {
3760         /* Decomb */
3761         /* we add the custom string if present */
3762         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3763         {
3764             /* use a custom decomb string */
3765             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3766             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3767         }
3768         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3769         {
3770             /* Use libhb default */
3771             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3772         }
3773
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777
3778         /* Deinterlace */
3779         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3780         {
3781             /* we add the custom string if present */
3782             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3783             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3784         }
3785         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3786         {
3787             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3788             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3789             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3790         }
3791         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3792         {
3793             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3794             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3795             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3796         }
3797         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3798         {
3799             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3800             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3801             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3802         }
3803
3804
3805     }
3806     /* Denoise */
3807         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
3808         {
3809                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3810         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3811         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3812         }
3813     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
3814         {
3815                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3816         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3817         }
3818         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
3819         {
3820                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3821         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3822         }
3823         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
3824         {
3825                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3826         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3827         }
3828
3829
3830     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3831     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3832      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3833      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3834      */
3835     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3836     {
3837         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3838         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3839     }
3840 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3841 }
3842
3843
3844
3845 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3846 */
3847 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3848 {
3849         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3850         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3851         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3852         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3853         {
3854                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3855         return;
3856         }
3857
3858     BOOL fileExists;
3859     fileExists = NO;
3860
3861     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3862     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3863
3864     /* We check for and existing file here */
3865     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3866     {
3867         fileExists = YES;
3868     }
3869
3870     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3871     int i = 0;
3872     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3873         id tempObject;
3874         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3875         {
3876                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3877                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3878                 {
3879                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3880                 }
3881         i++;
3882         }
3883
3884
3885         if(fileExists == YES)
3886     {
3887         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3888                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3889                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3890                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3891                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3892                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3893     }
3894     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3895     {
3896     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3897                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3898                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3899                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3900                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3901                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3902     }
3903     else
3904     {
3905         [self doAddToQueue];
3906     }
3907 }
3908
3909 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3910    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3911 */
3912 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3913     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3914 {
3915     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3916         [self doAddToQueue];
3917 }
3918
3919 - (void) doAddToQueue
3920 {
3921     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3922 }
3923
3924
3925
3926 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3927 */
3928 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3929 {
3930     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3931     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3932     hb_state_t s;
3933     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3934
3935     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3936         {
3937         [self Cancel: sender];
3938         return;
3939     }
3940
3941     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3942                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3943                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3944
3945     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3946     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3947     {
3948         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3949         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3950
3951         return;
3952     }
3953
3954     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3955
3956     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3957     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3958     {
3959         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3960         return;
3961     }
3962
3963     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3964     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3965     {
3966         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3967                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3968                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3969                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3970                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3971                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3972
3973         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3974     }
3975     else
3976     {
3977         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3978          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3979         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3980         {
3981             [self doAddToQueue];
3982         }
3983
3984         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3985         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3986
3987     }
3988 }
3989
3990 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3991    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3992 */
3993 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3994     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3995 {
3996     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3997     {
3998         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3999         otherwise, just rip the queue */
4000         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
4001         {
4002             [self doAddToQueue];
4003         }
4004
4005         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4006         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
4007         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4008
4009     }
4010 }
4011
4012 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
4013 {
4014        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
4015        {
4016                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
4017                int reminduser;
4018                NSBeep();
4019                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4020                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4021                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4022                {
4023                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4024                }
4025        }
4026        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
4027        {
4028                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
4029                int reminduser;
4030                NSBeep();
4031                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4032                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4033                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4034                {
4035                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4036                }
4037        }
4038
4039 }
4040
4041
4042 - (void) doRip
4043 {
4044     /* Let libhb do the job */
4045     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4046     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4047         fEncodeState = 1;
4048 }
4049
4050
4051 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4052 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4053 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4054 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4055 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4056 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4057 {
4058     if (!fQueueController) return;
4059
4060   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4061     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4062
4063     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4064     NSWindow * docWindow;
4065     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4066         docWindow = [sender window];
4067     else
4068         docWindow = fWindow;
4069
4070     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4071             alertTitle,
4072             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4073             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4074             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4075             docWindow, self,
4076             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4077             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4078
4079     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4080 }
4081
4082 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4083 {
4084    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4085      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4086     {
4087         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4088     }
4089     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4090     {
4091     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4092     }
4093 }
4094
4095 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4096 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4097 // encodes.
4098 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4099 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4100 {
4101     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4102     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4103     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4104     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4105     // remaining jobs.
4106
4107
4108     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4109
4110     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4111             hb_job_t * job;
4112             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4113                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4114
4115     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4116
4117     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4118     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4119     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4120     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4121     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4122     // so now lets move to
4123     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4124     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4125     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4126     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4127     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4128     {
4129     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4130     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4131
4132     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4133     }
4134     else
4135     {
4136         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4137     }
4138
4139 }
4140
4141 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4142 {
4143     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4144
4145     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4146             hb_job_t * job;
4147             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4148                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4149
4150
4151     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4152
4153     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4154     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4155     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4156     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4157     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4158     // so now lets move to
4159     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4160     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4161 }
4162 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4163 {
4164     hb_state_t s;
4165     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4166
4167     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4168     {
4169         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4170     }
4171     else
4172     {
4173         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4174     }
4175 }
4176
4177 #pragma mark -
4178 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4179
4180 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4181 {
4182     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4183     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4184         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4185
4186     /* If we are a stream type, grok the output file name from title->name upon title change */
4187     if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE)
4188     {
4189         /* we set the default name according to the new title->name */
4190         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4191                                          @"%@/%@.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4192                                          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name],
4193                                          [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4194         /* If we have more than one title and are stream then we have a batch, change the source to read out the parent folder also */
4195         if ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 )
4196         {
4197             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@/%@", browsedSourceDisplayName,[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name]]];
4198         }
4199     }
4200
4201
4202     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4203     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4204         {
4205                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4206                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4207                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4208             title->index,
4209                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4210         }
4211
4212     /* Update chapter popups */
4213     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4214     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4215     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4216     {
4217         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4218             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4219         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4220             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4221     }
4222
4223     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4224     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4225         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4226     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4227
4228     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4229     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4230     {
4231         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4232         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4233
4234         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4235         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4236         {
4237             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4238         }
4239         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4240     }
4241     else
4242     {
4243         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4244         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4245     }
4246
4247     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4248         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4249         fTitle = title;
4250
4251     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4252     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4253
4254         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4255         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4256         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4257         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4258         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4259         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4260         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4261         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4262
4263         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4264     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4265
4266
4267     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4268     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4269     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4270
4271
4272     /* Update chapter table */
4273     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4274     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4275
4276    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4277     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4278     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4279     {
4280         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4281         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4282     }
4283
4284     /* Update audio popups */
4285     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4286     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4287     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4288     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4289     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4290         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4291         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4292     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4293     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4294     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4295
4296         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4297         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4298         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4299         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4300     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4301     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4302
4303     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4304
4305     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4306         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4307
4308    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4309     [self selectPreset:nil];
4310 }
4311
4312 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4313 {
4314
4315         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4316         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4317         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4318         {
4319                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4320     }
4321
4322
4323         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4324     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4325         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4326
4327     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4328     int64_t        duration = 0;
4329     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4330          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4331     {
4332         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4333         duration += chapter->duration;
4334     }
4335
4336     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4337     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4338         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4339         duration % 60]];
4340
4341     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4342
4343     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4344     {
4345     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4346     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4347     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4348     }
4349     else
4350     {
4351     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4352     }
4353 }
4354
4355 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4356 {
4357     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4358     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4359     char * ext = NULL;
4360         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4361     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4362     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4363     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4364
4365     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4366     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4367     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4368     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4369
4370     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4371     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4372     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4373     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4374     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4375     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4376
4377     switch( format )
4378     {
4379         case 0:
4380                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4381                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4382                         {
4383                                 ext = "m4v";
4384                         }
4385                         else
4386                         {
4387                                 ext = "mp4";
4388                         }
4389             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4390             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4391             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4392             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4393             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4394                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4395                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4396             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4397             break;
4398
4399             case 1:
4400             ext = "mkv";
4401             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4402             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4403             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4404             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4405             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4406             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4407                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4408                         break;
4409
4410
4411     }
4412     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4413
4414     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4415     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4416     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4417     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4418     {
4419         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4420     }
4421     else
4422     {
4423         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4424     }
4425
4426     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4427     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4428     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4429     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4430
4431     if( format == 0 )
4432         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4433     else
4434         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4435
4436     if( SuccessfulScan )
4437     {
4438         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4439         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4440         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4441         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4442         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4443
4444         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4445         {
4446
4447             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4448             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4449
4450             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4451             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4452
4453             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4454             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4455             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4456         }
4457     }
4458         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4459 }
4460
4461 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4462 {
4463     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4464         return;
4465
4466     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4467
4468     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4469                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4470                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4471                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4472                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4473     {
4474         extension = @"m4v";
4475     }
4476
4477     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4478         return;
4479     else
4480         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4481                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4482 }
4483
4484 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4485 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4486 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4487 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4488 {
4489         if ([sender stringValue])
4490         {
4491                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4492                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4493                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4494                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4495
4496                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4497         }
4498 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4499 }
4500
4501
4502 #pragma mark -
4503 #pragma mark - Video
4504
4505 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4506 {
4507     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4508     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4509
4510     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4511     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4512     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4513     {
4514         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4515         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4516     }
4517
4518     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4519     {
4520         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4521          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4522          anything other than MP4.
4523          */
4524         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4525         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4526     }
4527     else
4528     {
4529         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4530     }
4531     [self setupQualitySlider];
4532         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4533         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4534 }
4535
4536
4537 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4538 {
4539         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4540         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4541     {
4542                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4543                 {
4544                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4545                 }
4546                 else
4547                 {
4548                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4549                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4550                 }
4551                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4552                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4553                 {
4554                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4555                 }
4556         }
4557         else
4558         {
4559                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4560                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4561         }
4562
4563         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4564         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4565 }
4566
4567 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4568 {
4569     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4570     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4571
4572     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4573         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4574 }
4575 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4576 {
4577     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4578
4579     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4580     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4581     {
4582         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4583         {
4584             case 0:
4585                 target = true;
4586                 break;
4587             case 1:
4588                 bitrate = true;
4589                 break;
4590             case 2:
4591                 quality = true;
4592                 break;
4593         }
4594     }
4595     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4596     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4597     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4598     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4599     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4600     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4601         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4602     if( quality )
4603     {
4604         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4605                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4606                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4607     }
4608
4609     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4610     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4611         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4612 }
4613
4614 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4615  * the video encoder selected.
4616  */
4617 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4618 {
4619     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4620      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4621     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4622     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4623     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4624     /* x264 0-51 */
4625     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4626     {
4627         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4628         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4629         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4630         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4631         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4632         qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4633     }
4634     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4635     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4636     {
4637         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4638         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4639         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4640     }
4641     /* Theora 0-63 */
4642     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4643     {
4644         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4645         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4646         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4647     }
4648     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4649
4650     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4651     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4652     {
4653         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4654         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4655         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4656     }
4657
4658     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4659 }
4660
4661 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4662 {
4663     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4664      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4665      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4666      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4667      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4668      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4669      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4670      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4671      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4672      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4673      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4674      */
4675
4676     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4677     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4678     float sliderRfToPercent;
4679     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4680     {
4681         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4682         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4683     }
4684     else
4685     {
4686         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4687         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4688     }
4689     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4690                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4691
4692     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4693 }
4694
4695 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4696 {
4697     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4698 }
4699
4700 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4701 {
4702     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4703     {
4704         return;
4705     }
4706
4707     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4708     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4709             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4710     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4711     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4712     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4713      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4714      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4715      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4716      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4717      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4718      * needed
4719      */
4720     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4721     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4722     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4723
4724     /* Audio goes here */
4725     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4726     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4727     {
4728         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4729         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4730     }
4731     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4732     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4733     {
4734         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4735         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4736         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4737         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4738         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4739         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4740         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4741         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4742         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4743         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4744
4745         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4746         free(audio);
4747     }
4748     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4749     {
4750         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4751         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4752         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4753         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4754         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4755         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4756         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4757         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4758         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4759         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4760
4761         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4762         free(audio);
4763
4764     }
4765
4766     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4767     {
4768         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4769         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4770         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4771         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4772         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4773         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4774         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4775         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4776         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4777         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4778
4779         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4780         free(audio);
4781
4782     }
4783
4784     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4785     {
4786         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4787         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4788         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4789         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4790         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4791         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4792         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4793         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4794         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4795         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4796
4797         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4798         free(audio);
4799
4800     }
4801
4802 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4803 }
4804
4805 #pragma mark -
4806 #pragma mark - Picture
4807
4808 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4809    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4810    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4811    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4812 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4813 {
4814         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4815         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4816     job->width = fTitle->width;
4817     job->height = fTitle->height;
4818
4819     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4820     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4821     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4822 }
4823
4824 /**
4825  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4826  */
4827
4828 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4829 {
4830         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4831 }
4832
4833 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4834 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4835 {
4836         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4837         {
4838         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4839         }
4840
4841     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4842
4843     NSString *picCropping;
4844     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4845         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4846         {
4847         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4848         }
4849         else
4850         {
4851                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4852         }
4853     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4854
4855     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4856
4857     NSString *videoFilters;
4858     videoFilters = @"";
4859     /* Detelecine */
4860     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4861     {
4862         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4863     }
4864     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4865     {
4866         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4867     }
4868
4869
4870     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4871     {
4872         /* Decomb */
4873         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4874         {
4875             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4876         }
4877         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4878         {
4879             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4880         }
4881     }
4882     else
4883     {
4884         /* Deinterlace */
4885         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4886         {
4887             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4888         }
4889         else
4890         {
4891             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4892         }
4893
4894         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4895         {
4896             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4897         }
4898         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4899         {
4900             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4901         }
4902         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4903         {
4904             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4905         }
4906         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4907         {
4908             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4909         }
4910         }
4911
4912
4913     /* Denoise */
4914         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4915         {
4916                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4917     }
4918         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4919         {
4920                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4921     }
4922         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4923         {
4924                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4925         }
4926     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4927         {
4928                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4929         }
4930
4931     /* Deblock */
4932     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4933     {
4934         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4935     }
4936
4937     /* Grayscale */
4938     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4939     {
4940         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4941     }
4942     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4943
4944     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4945 }
4946
4947
4948 #pragma mark -
4949 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4950 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4951 {
4952
4953     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4954     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4955     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4956     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4957     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4958     {
4959         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4960         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4961         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4962         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4963     }
4964     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4965     {
4966         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4967         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4968         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4969         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4970     }
4971     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4972     {
4973         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4974         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4975         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4976         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4977     }
4978     else
4979     {
4980         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4981         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4982         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4983         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4984     }
4985
4986     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4987         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4988     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4989
4990 }
4991
4992 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4993 {
4994     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4995      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4996      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4997      */
4998
4999     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
5000      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
5001      */
5002     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5003     {
5004         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5005         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5006     }
5007     else
5008     {
5009         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5010     }
5011
5012     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5013     {
5014         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5015         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5016     }
5017     else
5018     {
5019         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5020     }
5021     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5022     {
5023         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5024         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5025     }
5026     else
5027     {
5028         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5029     }
5030     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
5031     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5032     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5033     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5034     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5035     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5036     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5037     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5038     {
5039         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5040         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5041         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5042         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5043         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5044         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5045     }
5046     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5047     {
5048         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5049         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5050         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5051         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5052     }
5053
5054     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
5055     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5056     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5057     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5058     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5059     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5060     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5061     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5062     {
5063         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5064         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5065         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5066         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5067         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5068         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5069     }
5070     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5071     {
5072         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5073         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5074         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5075         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5076     }
5077
5078     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5079     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5080     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5081     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5082     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5083     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5084     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5085     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5086     {
5087         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5088         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5089         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5090         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5091         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5092         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5093     }
5094     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5095     {
5096         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5097         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5098         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5099         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5100     }
5101
5102     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5103     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5104     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5105     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5106     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5107     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5108     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5109     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5110     {
5111         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5112         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5113         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5114         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5115         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5116         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5117     }
5118     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5119     {
5120         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5121         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5122         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5123         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5124     }
5125
5126 }
5127
5128 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5129 {
5130
5131     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5132     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5133         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5134
5135         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5136
5137     [sender removeAllItems];
5138     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5139     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5140     {
5141         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5142         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5143             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5144             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5145     }
5146     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5147
5148 }
5149
5150 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5151 {
5152
5153     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5154     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5155     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5156     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5157
5158         if (searchPrefixString)
5159         {
5160
5161         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5162         {
5163             /* Try to find the desired search string */
5164             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5165             {
5166                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5167                 return;
5168             }
5169         }
5170         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5171         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5172         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5173         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5174         }
5175     else
5176     {
5177         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5178         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5179     }
5180
5181 }
5182 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5183 {
5184     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5185
5186     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5187     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5188     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5189     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5190     {
5191         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5192         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5193     }
5194     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5195     {
5196         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5197         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5198     }
5199     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5200     {
5201         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5202         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5203     }
5204     else
5205     {
5206         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5207         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5208     }
5209
5210     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5211     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5212     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5213     {
5214         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5215         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5216         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5217         switch( format )
5218         {
5219             case 0:
5220                 /* MP4 */
5221                 // FAAC
5222                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5223                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5224
5225                 // CA_AAC
5226                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5227                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5228
5229                 // AC3 Passthru
5230                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5231                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5232                 break;
5233
5234             case 1:
5235                 /* MKV */
5236                 // FAAC
5237                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5238                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5239                 // CA_AAC
5240                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5241                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5242                 // AC3 Passthru
5243                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5244                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5245                 // DTS Passthru
5246                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5247                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5248                 // MP3
5249                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5250                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5251                 // Vorbis
5252                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5253                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5254                 break;
5255
5256             case 2:
5257                 /* AVI */
5258                 // MP3
5259                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5260                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5261                 // AC3 Passthru
5262                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5263                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5264                 break;
5265
5266             case 3:
5267                 /* OGM */
5268                 // Vorbis
5269                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5270                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5271                 // MP3
5272                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5273                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5274                 break;
5275         }
5276         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5277     }
5278     else
5279     {
5280         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5281     }
5282 }
5283
5284 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5285 {
5286     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5287     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5288 }
5289
5290 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5291 {
5292
5293     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5294     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5295     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5296     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5297     */
5298     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5299     {
5300         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5301     }
5302     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5303     {
5304         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5305     }
5306     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5307     {
5308         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5309     }
5310     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5311     {
5312         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5313     }
5314
5315     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5316     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5317     {
5318         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5319     }
5320     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5321     {
5322         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5323     }
5324     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5325     {
5326         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5327     }
5328     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5329     {
5330         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5331     }
5332
5333     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5334     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5335     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5336     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5337     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5338     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5339     {
5340         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5341         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5342         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5343         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5344     }
5345     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5346     {
5347         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5348         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5349         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5350         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5351     }
5352     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5353     {
5354         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5355         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5356         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5357         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5358     }
5359     else
5360     {
5361         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5362         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5363         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5364         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5365     }
5366
5367     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5368     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5369
5370     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5371     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5372
5373     int acodec;
5374     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5375     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5376
5377     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5378     {
5379
5380         /* get the audio */
5381         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5382
5383         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5384         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5385         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5386
5387         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5388
5389         if (audio != NULL)
5390         {
5391
5392             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5393             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
5394              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
5395             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5396              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5397             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
5398                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5399                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5400             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
5401                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5402                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5403
5404             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5405             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5406             {
5407
5408             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5409                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5410                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5411              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5412             }
5413             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5414             {
5415             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5416                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5417                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5418              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5419             }
5420             else
5421             {
5422
5423                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5424                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5425                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5426
5427                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5428                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5429                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5430
5431                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5432                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5433
5434                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5435                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5436                 {
5437                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5438                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5439                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5440                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5441                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5442                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5443                 }
5444
5445                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5446                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5447                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5448                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5449                 {
5450                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5451                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5452                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5453                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5454                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5455                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5456                 }
5457
5458                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5459                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5460                 {
5461                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5462                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5463                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5464                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5465                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5466                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5467                 }
5468
5469                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5470                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5471                 {
5472                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5473                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5474                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5475                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5476                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5477                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5478                 }
5479
5480                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5481                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5482                 {
5483                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5484                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5485                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5486                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5487                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5488                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5489                 }
5490
5491                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5492                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5493                 {
5494                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5495                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5496                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5497                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5498                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5499                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5500                 }
5501
5502                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5503                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5504                 {
5505                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5506                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5507                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5508                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5509                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5510                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5511                 }
5512
5513                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5514
5515                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5516                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5517                 int useMixdown;
5518
5519                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5520                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5521                 {
5522                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5523                 }
5524                 else
5525                 {
5526                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5527                 }
5528
5529                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5530                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5531                 {
5532                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5533                 }
5534
5535                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5536                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5537                 {
5538                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5539                 }
5540
5541                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5542                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5543
5544             }
5545             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5546              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5547              * other containers.
5548              */
5549             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5550             {
5551                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5552                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5553                 {
5554                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5555                 }
5556                 else
5557                 {
5558                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5559                 }
5560             }
5561
5562             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5563              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5564              * other containers.
5565              */
5566             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5567             {
5568                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5569                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5570                 {
5571                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5572                 }
5573                 else
5574                 {
5575                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5576                 }
5577             }
5578
5579             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5580             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5581         }
5582
5583     }
5584     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5585     {
5586         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5587     }
5588 }
5589
5590 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5591 {
5592
5593     int acodec;
5594     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5595     * we will need later
5596     */
5597     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5598     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5599     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5600     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5601     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5602     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5603     NSTextField * drcField;
5604     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5605     {
5606         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5607         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5608         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5609         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5610         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5611         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5612         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5613     }
5614     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5615     {
5616         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5617         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5618         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5619         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5620         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5621         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5622         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5623     }
5624     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5625     {
5626         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5627         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5628         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5629         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5630         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5631         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5632         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5633     }
5634     else
5635     {
5636         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5637         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5638         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5639         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5640         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5641         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5642         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5643     }
5644     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5645     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5646     int minbitrate;
5647     int maxbitrate;
5648
5649     switch( acodec )
5650     {
5651         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5652             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5653             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5654             {
5655                 /* FAAC has a minimum of 192 kbps for 6-channel discrete */
5656                 minbitrate = 192;
5657                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 448 kbps */
5658                 maxbitrate = 448;
5659                 break;
5660             }
5661             else
5662             {
5663                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5664                 minbitrate = 32;
5665                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5666                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5667                 maxbitrate = 160;
5668                 break;
5669             }
5670
5671         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5672             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5673             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5674             {
5675                 minbitrate = 128;
5676                 maxbitrate = 768;
5677                 break;
5678             }
5679             else
5680             {
5681                 minbitrate = 64;
5682                 maxbitrate = 320;
5683                 break;
5684             }
5685
5686             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5687             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5688             minbitrate = 32;
5689             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5690             maxbitrate = 320;
5691             break;
5692
5693             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5694             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5695             {
5696                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5697                 minbitrate = 192;
5698                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5699                 maxbitrate = 384;
5700                 break;
5701             }
5702             else
5703             {
5704                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5705                 minbitrate = 48;
5706                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5707                 maxbitrate = 384;
5708                 break;
5709             }
5710
5711             default:
5712             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5713             minbitrate = 32;
5714             maxbitrate = 384;
5715
5716     }
5717
5718     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5719     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5720     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5721     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5722     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5723     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5724     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5725
5726     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5727     {
5728         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5729
5730         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5731         {
5732             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5733             {
5734                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5735                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5736                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5737                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5738                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5739                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5740             }
5741         }
5742
5743         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5744         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5745         {
5746             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5747         }
5748         else
5749         {
5750             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5751         }
5752     }
5753     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5754     /* Audio samplerate */
5755     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5756     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5757     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5758     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5759
5760     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5761     {
5762         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5763                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5764                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5765         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5766     }
5767     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5768     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5769     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5770     */
5771     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5772
5773
5774     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5775     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5776     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5777     */
5778     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5779     {
5780
5781         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5782         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5783         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5784                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5785                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5786         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5787         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5788         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5789         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5790
5791         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5792         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5793         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5794         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5795     }
5796     else
5797     {
5798         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5799         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5800         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5801         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5802     }
5803 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5804 }
5805
5806 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5807 {
5808     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5809     NSTextField * drcField;
5810     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5811     {
5812         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5813         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5814     }
5815     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5816     {
5817         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5818         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5819     }
5820     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5821     {
5822         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5823         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5824     }
5825     else
5826     {
5827         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5828         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5829     }
5830
5831     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5832     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5833     {
5834         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5835     }
5836
5837
5838     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5839     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5840     * compared to presets
5841     */
5842     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5843 }
5844
5845 #pragma mark -
5846
5847 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
5848 {
5849
5850     NSOpenPanel * panel;
5851
5852     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
5853     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
5854     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
5855     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
5856     NSString * sourceDirectory;
5857         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
5858         {
5859                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5860         }
5861         else
5862         {
5863                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
5864                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
5865         }
5866     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
5867     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
5868     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
5869                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
5870                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
5871                       contextInfo: sender];
5872 }
5873
5874 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
5875                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
5876 {
5877     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
5878     {
5879         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
5880         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
5881         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5882
5883         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
5884         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
5885
5886         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
5887
5888     }
5889 }
5890
5891 #pragma mark -
5892 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5893
5894 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5895 {
5896     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5897         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5898 }
5899
5900 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5901 {
5902     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5903         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5904 }
5905 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5906 {
5907     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5908         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5909 }
5910
5911 /**
5912  * Shows debug output window.
5913  */
5914 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5915 {
5916     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5917 }
5918
5919 /**
5920  * Shows preferences window.
5921  */
5922 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5923 {
5924     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5925     if (![window isVisible])
5926         [window center];
5927
5928     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5929 }
5930
5931 /**
5932  * Shows queue window.
5933  */
5934 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5935 {
5936     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5937 }
5938
5939
5940 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5941     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5942 }
5943
5944 /**
5945  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5946  */
5947
5948 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5949 {
5950         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5951 }
5952
5953 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5954 {
5955         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5956 }
5957
5958 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5959 {
5960         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5961 }
5962
5963 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5964 {
5965         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5966 }
5967
5968 #pragma mark -
5969 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5970 #pragma mark - Required
5971 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5972
5973
5974 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5975 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5976 {
5977     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5978     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5979     {
5980         return [UserPresets count];
5981     }
5982     else
5983     {
5984         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5985         NSArray *children = nil;
5986         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5987         if ([children count] > 0)
5988         {
5989             return [children count];
5990         }
5991         else
5992         {
5993             return 0;
5994         }
5995     }
5996 }
5997
5998 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5999 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
6000 {
6001
6002     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6003     NSArray *children = nil;
6004     if (item == nil)
6005     {
6006         children = UserPresets;
6007     }
6008     else
6009     {
6010         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6011         {
6012             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6013         }
6014     }
6015     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
6016     {
6017         return nil;
6018     }
6019     else
6020     {
6021         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
6022     }
6023
6024
6025     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
6026     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
6027     //return nil;
6028 }
6029
6030 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
6031 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
6032 {
6033
6034     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6035     NSArray *children= nil;
6036     if (item == nil)
6037     {
6038         children = UserPresets;
6039     }
6040     else
6041     {
6042         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6043         {
6044             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6045         }
6046     }
6047
6048     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
6049      * we could do it by the children count as so:
6050      * if ([children count] < 1)
6051      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
6052      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
6053      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
6054      */
6055
6056     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6057    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6058    {
6059         return YES;
6060     }
6061     else
6062     {
6063         return NO;
6064     }
6065
6066 }
6067
6068 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6069 {
6070     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6071     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6072 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6073
6074 return YES;
6075 }
6076
6077
6078 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6079 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6080 {
6081         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6082
6083     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6084     {
6085         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6086     }
6087     else
6088     {
6089         //return @"";
6090         return nil;
6091     }
6092 }
6093
6094 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6095 {
6096     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6097 }
6098 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6099 {
6100     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6101 }
6102
6103 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6104 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6105 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6106 {
6107     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6108     {
6109         NSFont *txtFont;
6110         NSColor *fontColor;
6111         NSColor *shadowColor;
6112         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6113         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6114         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6115         {
6116
6117             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6118             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6119         }
6120         else
6121         {
6122             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6123             {
6124                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6125             }
6126             else // User created preset, use a black font
6127             {
6128                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6129             }
6130             /* check to see if its a folder */
6131             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6132             //{
6133             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6134             //}
6135
6136
6137         }
6138         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6139         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6140         {
6141             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6142         }
6143         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6144         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6145         {
6146             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6147         }
6148
6149
6150         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6151         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6152
6153     }
6154 }
6155
6156 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6157 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6158 {
6159     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6160     {
6161         id theRecord;
6162
6163         theRecord = item;
6164         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6165
6166         [self sortPresets];
6167
6168         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6169         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6170         [self savePreset];
6171     }
6172 }
6173 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6174 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6175 {
6176     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6177     //{
6178         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6179         NSString *loc_tip;
6180         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6181         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6182         {
6183             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6184             return (loc_tip);
6185         }
6186         else
6187         {
6188             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6189         }
6190         return (loc_tip);
6191     //}
6192 }
6193
6194 #pragma mark -
6195 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6196
6197
6198 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6199 {
6200         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6201     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6202         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6203     {
6204         return NO;
6205     }
6206     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6207     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6208     fDraggedNodes = items;
6209     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6210     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6211
6212     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6213     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6214
6215     return YES;
6216 }
6217
6218 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6219 {
6220
6221         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6222
6223     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6224     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6225         return NSDragOperationNone;
6226
6227     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6228         if (item != nil)
6229         {
6230                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6231                 item = nil;
6232         }
6233
6234     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6235     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6236     {
6237         return NSDragOperationNone;
6238         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6239         }
6240
6241     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6242     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6243 }
6244
6245
6246
6247 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6248 {
6249     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6250     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6251         {
6252     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6253     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6254     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6255     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6256     [childrenArray autorelease];
6257     }
6258     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6259     {
6260         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6261         id obj;
6262         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6263         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6264         {
6265             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6266         }
6267         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6268         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6269     }
6270     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6271     [self savePreset];
6272     return YES;
6273 }
6274
6275 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6276 {
6277     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6278     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6279
6280     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6281
6282     if (index >= insertIndex)
6283     {
6284         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6285         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6286     }
6287     else
6288     {
6289         removeIndex = index;
6290         insertIndex--;
6291     }
6292
6293     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6294     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6295     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6296     [object release];
6297
6298     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6299 }
6300
6301
6302
6303 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6304
6305 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6306 {
6307
6308     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6309     {
6310         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6311         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6312
6313         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6314         {
6315             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6316         }
6317         else
6318         {
6319             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6320         }
6321
6322         /* File Format */
6323         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6324         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6325
6326         /* Chapter Markers*/
6327         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6328         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6329         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6330
6331         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6332         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6333         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6334         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6335
6336         /* Video encoder */
6337         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6338         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6339         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6340
6341         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6342         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6343         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6344         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6345         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6346
6347         /* Video quality */
6348         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6349
6350         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6351         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6352
6353         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6354          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6355          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6356          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6357          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6358         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6359         {
6360             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6361             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6362             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6363
6364         }
6365         else
6366         {
6367             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6368             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6369             {
6370                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6371             }
6372             else
6373             {
6374                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6375                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6376             }
6377         }
6378
6379         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6380
6381         /* Video framerate */
6382         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6383          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6384         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6385         {
6386             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6387         }
6388         else
6389         {
6390             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6391         }
6392
6393
6394         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6395         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6396         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6397
6398         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6399         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6400
6401         /*Audio*/
6402         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6403         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6404         {
6405
6406             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6407             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6408             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6409             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6410             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6411             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6412             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6413
6414
6415             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6416             int i = 0;
6417             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6418             id tempObject;
6419             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6420             {
6421                 i++;
6422                 if( i == 1 )
6423                 {
6424                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6425                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6426                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6427                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6428                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6429                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6430                 }
6431                 if( i == 2 )
6432                 {
6433                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6434                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6435                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6436                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6437                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6438                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6439                 }
6440                 if( i == 3 )
6441                 {
6442                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6443                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6444                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6445                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6446                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6447                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6448                 }
6449                 if( i == 4 )
6450                 {
6451                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6452                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6453                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6454                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6455                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6456                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6457                 }
6458
6459
6460                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6461                 {
6462                     [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6463                 }
6464                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6465                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6466                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6467                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6468                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6469                 {
6470                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6471                 }
6472
6473                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6474                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6475                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6476                  * mixdown*/
6477                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6478                 {
6479                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6480                 }
6481                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6482                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6483                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6484                 {
6485                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6486                 }
6487                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6488                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6489
6490
6491                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6492                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6493
6494                 if( i > 1 )
6495                 {
6496                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6497                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6498                     {
6499                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6500                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6501                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6502                         if (audio != NULL && [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6503                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6504                         {
6505                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6506                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6507                             {
6508                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6509                             }
6510                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6511                             {
6512                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6513                             }
6514                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6515                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6516                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6517                         }
6518                     }
6519                 }
6520             }
6521
6522             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6523
6524             if (i < 4)
6525             {
6526                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6527                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6528
6529                 if (i < 3)
6530                 {
6531                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6532                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6533
6534                     if (i < 2)
6535                     {
6536                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6537                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6538                     }
6539                 }
6540             }
6541
6542         }
6543         else
6544         {
6545             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6546             {
6547                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6548                 {
6549                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6550                 }
6551                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6552                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6553                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6554                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6555                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6556                 {
6557                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6558                 }
6559                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6560                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6561                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6562                  * mixdown*/
6563                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6564                 {
6565                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6566                 }
6567                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6568                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6569                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6570                 {
6571                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6572                 }
6573                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6574                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6575             }
6576
6577             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6578             {
6579                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6580                 {
6581                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6582                 }
6583                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6584                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6585                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6586                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6587                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6588                 {
6589                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6590                 }
6591                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6592                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6593                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6594                  * mixdown*/
6595                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6596                 {
6597                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6598                 }
6599                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6600                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6601                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6602                 {
6603                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6604                 }
6605                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6606                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6607             }
6608             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6609             {
6610                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6611                 {
6612                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6613                 }
6614                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6615                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6616                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6617                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6618                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6619                 {
6620                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6621                 }
6622                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6623                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6624                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6625                  * mixdown*/
6626                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6627                 {
6628                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6629                 }
6630                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6631                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6632                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6633                 {
6634                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6635                 }
6636                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6637                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6638             }
6639             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6640             {
6641                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6642                 {
6643                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6644                 }
6645                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6646                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6647                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6648                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6649                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6650                 {
6651                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6652                 }
6653                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6654                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6655                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6656                  * mixdown*/
6657                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6658                 {
6659                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6660                 }
6661                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6662                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6663                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6664                 {
6665                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6666                 }
6667                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6668                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6669             }
6670
6671             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6672
6673             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6674             {
6675                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6676                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6677             }
6678             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6679             {
6680                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6681                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6682             }
6683             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6684             {
6685                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6686                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6687             }
6688         }
6689
6690         /*Subtitles*/
6691         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
6692         /* Forced Subtitles */
6693         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
6694
6695         /* Picture Settings */
6696         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
6697          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
6698          * picture filters are handled separately below.
6699          */
6700         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
6701          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
6702          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
6703          */
6704         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
6705         {
6706             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6707
6708             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
6709              when the preset was created and apply them */
6710             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
6711             {
6712                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
6713
6714                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
6715                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
6716                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
6717                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
6718                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
6719
6720             }
6721             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
6722             {
6723                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
6724                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
6725                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
6726                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
6727                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
6728                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
6729
6730             }
6731
6732
6733             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
6734             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
6735             {
6736                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6737                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6738                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6739                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6740                 {
6741                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6742                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6743                     {
6744                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6745                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6746                     }
6747                 }
6748                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6749             }
6750             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6751             {
6752                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6753                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6754                 {
6755                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6756                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6757                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6758                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6759                 }
6760                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6761                 {
6762                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6763                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6764                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6765                 }
6766                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6767                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6768                 {
6769                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6770                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6771                     {
6772                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6773                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6774                     }
6775                 }
6776                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6777
6778             }
6779
6780
6781         }
6782         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6783         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6784         {
6785             /* Filters */
6786
6787             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6788              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6789              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6790              * sane.
6791              */
6792             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6793             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6794             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6795             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6796             {
6797                 /* we are using decomb */
6798                 /* Decomb */
6799                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6800                 {
6801                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6802
6803                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6804                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
6805                     {
6806                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6807                     }
6808                 }
6809              }
6810             else
6811             {
6812                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6813                 /* Deinterlace */
6814                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6815                 {
6816                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6817                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6818                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6819                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
6820                     {
6821                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6822                     }
6823                 }
6824             }
6825
6826
6827             /* Detelecine */
6828             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6829             {
6830                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6831                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6832                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
6833                 {
6834                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6835                 }
6836             }
6837             else
6838             {
6839                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6840             }
6841
6842             /* Denoise */
6843             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6844             {
6845                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6846                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6847                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
6848                 {
6849                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6850                 }
6851             }
6852             else
6853             {
6854                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6855             }
6856
6857             /* Deblock */
6858             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6859             {
6860                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6861                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6862             }
6863             else
6864             {
6865                 /* use the settings intValue */
6866                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6867             }
6868
6869             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6870             {
6871                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6872             }
6873             else
6874             {
6875                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6876             }
6877         }
6878         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6879         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6880         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6881         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6882     }
6883 }
6884
6885
6886 #pragma mark -
6887 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6888
6889 - (void) loadPresets {
6890         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6891         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6892         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6893     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6894         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6895     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6896         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6897         {
6898                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6899         }
6900
6901         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6902         if (nil == UserPresets)
6903         {
6904                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6905                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6906         }
6907         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6908
6909     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
6910 }
6911
6912 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
6913
6914         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
6915     int i = 0;
6916     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6917     id tempObject;
6918     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6919     {
6920         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
6921         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6922         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
6923         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6924         {
6925                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
6926             {
6927                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
6928             }
6929                 }
6930         i++;
6931     }
6932     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
6933     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
6934     {
6935         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
6936         {
6937             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
6938             /*On Screen Notification*/
6939             int status;
6940             NSBeep();
6941             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
6942             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
6943         }
6944         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
6945         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6946     }
6947
6948 }
6949
6950
6951 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6952 {
6953     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6954     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6955
6956     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6957     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6958     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6959     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6960     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6961     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6962     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6963     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6964     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6965     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6966     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6967         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6968         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6969         /* Show the panel */
6970         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6971 }
6972
6973 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6974 {
6975     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6976     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6977 }
6978
6979 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6980 {
6981     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6982             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6983     else
6984     {
6985         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6986         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6987         [self addPreset];
6988
6989         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6990     }
6991 }
6992 - (void)addPreset
6993 {
6994
6995
6996         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6997     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6998    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6999     [self savePreset];
7000 }
7001
7002 - (void)sortPresets
7003 {
7004
7005
7006         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
7007         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
7008                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
7009         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
7010         /*
7011     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
7012                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
7013         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
7014
7015     */
7016     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
7017     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
7018         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
7019         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
7020
7021
7022 }
7023
7024 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
7025 {
7026     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
7027     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
7028     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7029     [self savePreset];
7030 }
7031
7032 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
7033 {
7034     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7035     /* Preset build number */
7036     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7037     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7038         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
7039     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7040     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
7041     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
7042         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
7043         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
7044         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
7045         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7046     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
7047     {
7048         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
7049         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7050         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7051         [childrenArray autorelease];
7052     }
7053     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
7054     {
7055         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
7056         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
7057         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
7058         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
7059
7060         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
7061         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
7062         /* File Format */
7063         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7064         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7065         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7066         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7067         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7068         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7069         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7070         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7071         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7072
7073         /* Codecs */
7074         /* Video encoder */
7075         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7076         /* x264 Option String */
7077         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7078
7079         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7080         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7081         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7082         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7083
7084         /* Video framerate */
7085         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7086         {
7087             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7088         }
7089         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7090         {
7091             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7092         }
7093
7094         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7095         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7096         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7097         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7098         /*Picture Settings*/
7099         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7100         /* Picture Sizing */
7101         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7102         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7103         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7104         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7105         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7106         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7107
7108         /* Set crop settings here */
7109         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7110         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7111         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7112         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7113         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7114
7115         /* Picture Filters */
7116         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7117         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7118         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7119         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7120         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7121         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7122         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7123         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7124         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7125         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7126         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7127
7128         /*Audio*/
7129         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7130         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7131         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7132         {
7133             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7134             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7135             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7136             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7137             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7138             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7139             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7140             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7141             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7142             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7143         }
7144
7145         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7146         {
7147             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7148             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7149             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7150             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7151             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7152             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7153             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7154             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7155             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7156             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7157         }
7158
7159         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7160         {
7161             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7162             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7163             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7164             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7165             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7166             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7167             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7168             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7169             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7170             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7171         }
7172
7173         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7174         {
7175             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7176             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7177             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7178             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7179             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7180             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7181             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7182             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7183             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7184             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7185         }
7186
7187
7188         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7189
7190
7191         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7192          * subititle array code. */
7193         /* Subtitles*/
7194         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7195         /* Forced Subtitles */
7196         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7197     }
7198     [preset autorelease];
7199     return preset;
7200
7201 }
7202
7203 - (void)savePreset
7204 {
7205     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7206         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7207         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7208
7209 }
7210
7211 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7212 {
7213
7214
7215     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7216     {
7217         return;
7218     }
7219     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7220         int status;
7221     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7222
7223     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7224     {
7225         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7226         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7227         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7228
7229         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7230         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7231         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7232         id tempObject;
7233         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7234         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7235         {
7236             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7237         }
7238         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7239         {
7240             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7241         }
7242
7243         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7244         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7245
7246         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7247         {
7248             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7249             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7250             {
7251                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7252             }
7253         }
7254
7255         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7256         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7257         [self savePreset];
7258     }
7259 }
7260
7261
7262 #pragma mark -
7263 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7264
7265 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7266 {
7267     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7268     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7269         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7270     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7271
7272         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7273                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7274                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7275                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7276 }
7277
7278 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7279                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7280 {
7281     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7282     {
7283         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7284         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7285         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7286         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7287         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7288         {
7289             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7290         }
7291         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7292         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7293         {
7294             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7295
7296             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7297
7298         }
7299         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7300         {
7301             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7302             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7303
7304         }
7305
7306     }
7307 }
7308
7309
7310 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7311 {
7312
7313     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7314
7315     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7316     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7317     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7318     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7319     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7320         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7321         {
7322                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7323         }
7324         else
7325         {
7326                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7327                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7328         }
7329     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7330         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7331         */
7332     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7333     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7334     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7335                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7336                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7337                       contextInfo: sender];
7338 }
7339
7340 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7341                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7342 {
7343     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7344     {
7345         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7346         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7347         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7348         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7349         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7350         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7351         int i = 0;
7352         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7353         id tempObject;
7354         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7355         {
7356             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7357             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7358             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7359             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7360             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7361             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7362
7363             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7364             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7365             i++;
7366         }
7367         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7368         [self sortPresets];
7369         [self addPreset];
7370
7371     }
7372 }
7373
7374 #pragma mark -
7375 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7376
7377 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7378 {
7379         presetHbDefault = nil;
7380     presetUserDefault = nil;
7381     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7382     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7383     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7384     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7385
7386     int i = 0;
7387     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7388     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7389     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7390     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7391         id tempObject;
7392         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7393         {
7394                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7395                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7396                 {
7397                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7398                 }
7399                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7400                 {
7401                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7402             userDefaultFound = YES;
7403         }
7404         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7405         {
7406                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7407                 }
7408                 i++;
7409
7410         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7411         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7412         {
7413             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7414             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7415             id tempObject;
7416             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7417             {
7418                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7419                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7420                 {
7421                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7422                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7423                 }
7424                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7425                 {
7426                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7427                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7428                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7429                 }
7430
7431                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7432                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7433                 {
7434                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7435                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7436                     id tempObject;
7437                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7438                     {
7439                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7440                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7441                         {
7442                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7443                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7444                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7445                         }
7446                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7447                         {
7448                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7449                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7450                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7451                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7452                         }
7453
7454                     }
7455                 }
7456             }
7457         }
7458
7459         }
7460     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7461      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7462      */
7463     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7464     {
7465         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7466         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7467     }
7468 }
7469
7470 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7471 {
7472 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7473    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7474    {
7475    return;
7476    }
7477
7478     int i = 0;
7479     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7480         id tempObject;
7481         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7482     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7483         {
7484                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7485                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7486                 {
7487                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7488                 }
7489
7490                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7491         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7492         {
7493             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7494             id tempObject;
7495             int ii = 0;
7496             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7497             {
7498                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7499                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7500                 {
7501                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7502                 }
7503                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7504                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7505                 {
7506                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7507                     id tempObject;
7508                     int iii = 0;
7509                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7510                     {
7511                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7512                         {
7513                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7514                         }
7515                         iii++;
7516                     }
7517                 }
7518                 ii++;
7519             }
7520
7521         }
7522         i++;
7523         }
7524
7525
7526     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7527     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7528     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7529
7530
7531     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7532     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7533
7534     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7535     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7536     {
7537         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7538     }
7539     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7540     {
7541         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7542     }
7543
7544     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7545     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7546     int iiii = 0;
7547     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7548     {
7549         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7550         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7551         {
7552             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7553             {
7554                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7555             }
7556         }
7557      iiii++;
7558      }
7559
7560
7561     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7562     [self savePreset];
7563     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7564     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7565 }
7566
7567 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7568 {
7569         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7570     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7571         if (presetUserDefault)
7572         {
7573         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7574     }
7575         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7576         {
7577         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7578         }
7579     else
7580     {
7581     return;
7582     }
7583
7584     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7585     {
7586         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7587
7588     }
7589     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7590     {
7591         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7592
7593     }
7594
7595     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7596         [self selectPreset:nil];
7597 }
7598
7599
7600 #pragma mark -
7601 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7602
7603
7604 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7605 {
7606     //int status;
7607     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7608         id tempObject;
7609
7610         //NSNumber *index;
7611     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7612
7613
7614         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7615         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7616         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7617                 {
7618                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7619                         presets to delete */
7620                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7621                         {
7622                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7623                         }
7624         }
7625
7626         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7627         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7628         [self savePreset];
7629
7630 }
7631
7632    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7633 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7634 {
7635
7636     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
7637     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
7638     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
7639      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
7640     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
7641     /* update build number for built in presets */
7642     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7643     int i = 0;
7644     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7645     id tempObject;
7646     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7647     {
7648         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
7649         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7650         {
7651             /* Preset build number */
7652             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7653         }
7654         i++;
7655     }
7656     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
7657     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
7658
7659     [self sortPresets];
7660     [self addPreset];
7661
7662 }
7663
7664
7665 @end
7666
7667 /*******************************
7668  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
7669  *******************************/
7670
7671 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
7672 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
7673 {
7674     fIsDragging = YES;
7675
7676     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
7677     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
7678     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
7679     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
7680 }
7681
7682
7683
7684 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
7685 {
7686     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
7687         fIsDragging = NO;
7688 }
7689
7690
7691
7692 - (BOOL) isDragging;
7693 {
7694     return fIsDragging;
7695 }
7696 @end
7697
7698
7699